Mwo Nag MFL71680501 01 220404 Print

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 60

global_main.book.

book Page 1 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OWNER'S MANUAL

MICROWAVE OVEN
Before beginning installation, read these instructions
carefully. This will simplify installation and ensure that the
product is installed correctly and safely. Leave these
instructions near the product after installation for future
reference.
ENGLISH

www.lg.com
MFL71680501
Rev.01_040422 Copyright © 2020-2022 LG Electronics Inc. All Rights Reserved.
global_main.book.book Page 2 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

TABLE OF CONTENTS This manual may contain images or


content that may be different from the
model you purchased.
This manual is subject to revision by the
manufacturer.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS


READ CAREFULLY AND KEEP FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.................................3
WARNING ............................................................................................................3
CAUTION .............................................................................................................8

INSTALLATION
Product Overview.............................................................................................12
Installation Requirements ..............................................................................13

OPERATION
Control Panel ....................................................................................................15
Before Use ........................................................................................................17
Quick Start ........................................................................................................18
Cooking Mode ..................................................................................................19
Utensils Guide ..................................................................................................26
Cooking Guide ..................................................................................................28

SMART FUNCTIONS
LG ThinQ Application .......................................................................................29
Smart Diagnosis ...............................................................................................29

TROUBLESHOOTING
FAQs...................................................................................................................30
Before Calling for Service................................................................................30
global_main.book.book Page 3 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 3

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS


READ CAREFULLY AND KEEP FOR FUTURE REFERENCE

ENGLISH
The following safety guidelines are intended to prevent unforeseen
risks or damage from unsafe or incorrect operation of the appliance.
The guidelines are separated into ‘WARNING’ and ‘CAUTION’ as
described below.
Safety Messages

This symbol is displayed to indicate matters and operations


that can cause risk.
Read the part with this symbol carefully and follow the
instructions in order to avoid risk.
WARNING
This indicates that the failure to follow the instructions can
cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
This indicates that the failure to follow the instructions can
cause the minor injury or damage to the appliance.
This symbol is displayed to alert that hot surface. Do not
touchsurfaces during use in order to prevent burn hazard.

WARNING

WARNING
• To reduce the risk of explosion, fire, death, electric shock, injury or
scalding to persons when using this product, follow basic
precautions, including the following:

Technical Safety
• This appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above
and persons with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities or
lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision
global_main.book.book Page 4 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

4 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and


understand the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the
appliance. Cleaning and user maintenance shall not be made by
children without supervision.
• This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children)
with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of
experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision
or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person
responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure
that they do not play with the appliance.
• To reduce the risk of burns, electric shock, fire, injury to persons or
exposure to excessive microwave energy when using the microwave
oven, read all instructions before using the appliance.
• The appliance (especially ventilation) and its accessible parts become
hot during use. Care should be taken to avoid touching heating
elements. Children less than 8 years of age shall be kept away unless
continuously supervised.
• Do not attempt to tamper with, or make any adjustments or repairs
to the door , door seals, control panel, safety interlock switches or any
other part of the oven which would involve the removal of any cover
protecting against exposure to microwave energy.
• Only qualified service person from LG Electronics service centre
should disassemble, repair, or modify the appliance.
• It is hazardous for anyone other than a competent person to carry
out any service or repair operation that involves the removal of a
cover which gives protection against exposure to microwave energy.
• Unlike other appliances, the microwave oven is a high-voltage and a
high electrical-current piece of equipment. Improper use or repair
could result in harmful exposure to excessive microwave energy or in
electric shock.
• Do not operate the appliance if the door seals and adjacent parts of
the microwave oven are damaged until it has been repaired by
qualified service person from LG Electronics service centre.
• Do not use your microwave oven to cook eggs in the shell. Pressure
can build up inside the shell, causing it to burst.
global_main.book.book Page 5 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 5

• Liquids and other foods must not be heated in sealed containers


since they are liable to explode. Remove the plastic wrapping from
food before cooking or defrosting. Note though that in some cases
food should be covered with plastic film, for heating or cooking.

ENGLISH
• Do not use harsh abrasive cleaners or sharp metal scrapers to clean
the oven door glass since they can scratch the surface, which may
result in shattering of the glass.
• The microwave oven must not be placed in a cabinet. The microwave
oven is intended to be used free-standing.
• Keep the appliance and its cord out of reach of children less than 8
years.
• The appliance is not intended to be operated by means of an external
timer or separate remote-control system.
• This appliance should not be used for commercial catering purposes.
This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar
applications such as:
- Staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working
environments;
- Farm house;
- By clients in hotels, motels and other residential environments;
- Bed and breakfast type environments.
• Do not install this appliance inside mobile vehicles (camping cars).
• Keep an eye on the appliance due to the possibility of ignition when
heating food in plastic or paper containers.
• The contents of feeding bottles and baby food jars shall be stirred or
shaken and the temperature checked before consumption, in order
to avoid burns.
• Use only utensils that are suitable for use in microwave ovens. They
may heat-up and char.
- Remove metal twist ties before using the appliance.
- Do not use wooden containers and ceramic containers that have
metallic (e.g. gold or silver) inlays.
global_main.book.book Page 6 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

6 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

- Metallic containers for food and beverages are not allowed during
microwave cooking. Metal objects in particular may arc in the oven,
which can cause serious damage.
• The microwave oven is intended for heating food and beverages.
Drying of food or clothing and heating of warming pads, slippers,
sponges, damp cloth and similar may lead to risk of injury, ignition or
fire.
• If smoke is observed (or emitted), switch off or unplug the appliance
and keep the door closed in order to stifle any flame.
• Only use the temperature probe recommended for this appliance.
- You can not ascertain that the temperature is accurate with an
unsuitable temperature probe.
- This model does not provide a temperature probe.
• When heating liquids, e.g. soups, sauces and beverages in your
microwave oven,
- Avoid using straight sided containers with narrow necks.
- Do not overheat.
- Stir the liquid before placing the container in the oven and again
halfway through the heating time.
- Be careful when handling the container.
Microwave heating of beverages can result in delayed eruptive
boiling, therefore care must be taken when handing the container.
- After heating, let it stand in the appliance for a short time; stir or
shake it again carefully and check the temperature of it before
consuming to avoid burns (especially, contents of feeding bottles
and baby food jars).
• The appliance should be cleaned regularly and any food deposits
should be removed. Failure to maintain the appliance in a clean
condition could lead to deterioration of the surface that could
adversely affect the life of the appliance and possibly result in a
hazardous situation.
• Cleaning and user maintenance shall not be made by children unless
they are aged from 8 years and above and supervised.
• The appliance shall not be cleaned with a steam cleaner.
global_main.book.book Page 7 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 7

Installation
• Ensure that the outlet socket is properly grounded, and that the earth
pin on the power cord is not damaged or removed from the power
plug. For more details on grounding, inquire at an LG Electronics

ENGLISH
customer information centre.
• This appliance must be earthed. The wires in the mains lead are
coloured in accordance with the following codes:
- BLUE: Neutral
- BROWN: Live
- GREEN and YELLOW: Earth
• As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this appliance may not
correspond with the coloured markings identifying the terminals in
your plug proceed as follows:
- The wire which is coloured BLUE must be connected to the terminal
which is marked with the letter.
- Nor coloured BLACK.
- The wire which is coloured BROWN must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter L or Coloured RED.
- The wire which is coloured GREEN & YELLOW or GREEN must be
connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter G or earth
symbol.

Earth symbol
• If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the
manufacturer, its service agent of similarly qualified persons in order
to avoid a hazard. Improper use may cause serious electric damage.
• The appliance is supplied from a cord extension set or an electrical
portable outlet device, the cord extension set on electrical portable
outlet device must be positioned so that it is not subject to splashing
or ingress of moisture.
• If the power cord is damaged or the hole of the outlet socket is loose,
do not use the power cord and contact an authorized service centre.
global_main.book.book Page 8 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

8 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operation
• Children should not allow to play with accessories or hang down from
the door or any part of the appliance.
• When the appliance is operated in the combination mode, children
should only use the appliance under adult supervision due to the
temperatures generated.
• Never operate the appliance when it is empty. Food or water should
always be in the appliance during operation to absorb the microwave
energy.
• Do not operate your appliance if it is damaged. It is particularly
important that the oven door closes properly and that there is no
damage to the: (1) door (bent), (2) hinges and latches (broken or
loosened), (3) door seals and sealing surfaces. It could result in
harmful exposure to excessive microwave energy.
• Do not use the appliance for the purpose of dehumidification. (ex.
Operating the microwave oven with wet newspapers, clothes, toys,
electric devices, pet or child etc.) It can be the cause of serious
damage to safety such as a fire, a burn or a sudden death due to an
electric shock.
• Be certain to use proper accessories on each operation mode.
Improper use could result in damage to your appliance and
accessories, or could make spark and a fire.

CAUTION

CAUTION
• To reduce the risk of injury to persons, malfunction, or damage to the
product or property when using the appliance, follow basic safety
precautions, including the following:

Installation
• Install the appliance according to the installation requirements that
are in this manual.
global_main.book.book Page 9 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 9

• Allow at least 8 cm from the front of the oven door to avoid accidental
tipping of the appliance.
• The turntable must always be in place when you operate the
appliance.

ENGLISH
• Do not block an exhaust outlet that is located on the top, bottom or
side of the appliance.
• Do not place any object (such as kitchen towels, napkins, etc.)
between the appliance front face and the door.

Operation
• Do not touch the appliance (including the oven door, outer cabinet,
rear cabinet, oven cavity, accessories and dishes) during grill mode,
convection mode and auto cook operations. The temperature of
accessible surfaces may be high when the appliance is operating.
There is the danger of a burn unless wearing thick culinary gloves.
• Do not place an object(a book, a box, water bottle, vase etc.) on the
appliance. The appliance may overheat or catch fire or the object may
fall, causing injury to persons.
• Do not operate the appliance with the door open. It could result in
harmful exposure to excessive microwave energy.
• Set the cooking times correctly. The small amounts of food require
shorter cooking or heating time. Over cooking may result in the food
catching on fire and subsequent damage to your appliance.
• Do not use recycled paper products. They may contain impurities
which may cause sparks or fires when used in cooking.
• Do not cook food wrapped in paper towels or newspaper, unless your
cook book contains instructions for the food you are cooking.
• Do not use newspaper in place of paper towels for cooking.
• Do not use the appliance to dry newspapers or clothes. They may
catch fire.
• Do not cook eggs in their shell. Eggs in their shell and whole hard-
boiled eggs should not be heated in microwave ovens since they may
explode, even after microwave heating has ended. Pressure will build
up inside the egg which will burst.
global_main.book.book Page 10 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

10 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

• Do not attempt deep fat frying in your appliance. This could result in
a sudden boil over of the hot liquid.
• Pierce the skin of potatoes, apples or any such fruit or vegetables
before cooking. They could burst.
• If smoke is observed (or emitted), switch off or unplug the appliance
and keep the door closed in order to stifle any flame.
• Follow exact directions given by each manufacturer for their popcorn
product.
- Never use a brown paper bag for popping corn.
- Never attempt to pop leftover kernels.
- Do not leave the appliance unattended while the corn is being
popped.
- If corn fails to pop after the suggested times, discontinue cooking.
- Overcooking could result in the corn catching a fire.
• The power connection may be achieved by having the plug accessible
or by incorporating a switch in the fixed wiring in accordance with the
wiring rules. Using improper plug or switch can cause an electric
shock or a fire.
• All air vents should be kept clear during cooking. If air vents are
covered during appliance operation the appliance may overheat.

Maintenance
• Do not rinse containers, tray and rack by placing them in water
immediately after cooking.
• Unplug the power plug and allow it to cool before cleaning.
• Always use gloves when removing food and accessories after cooking
as the oven and accessories will be very hot.
• Allow the turntable to cool before removing it from the appliance.
• Do not allow food or cleaner residue to accumulate on sealing
surfaces of the appliance.
• Keep the inside and outside of the appliance clean.
global_main.book.book Page 11 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 11

Cleaning
Keep the oven clean inside and outside. Take special care to keep the
inner door panel and the front frame free of food or grease build-up.

ENGLISH
Clean your oven weekly or more often, if needed.
• Abrasive cleansers, steel wool pads, gritty wash cloths, some paper
towels, etc., can damage the control panel and the interior and
exterior of the oven.
Cleaning the Interior
Use a damp cloth to clean the surfaces of the door and wipe out
crumbs between the door and the frame. Remove greasy spatters with
a soapy cloth then rinse and dry.
• Wipe spatters immediately with a wet paper towel, especially after
cooking chicken or bacon.
• If steam accumulates inside or outside of the oven door, wipe the
panels with a soft cloth.
Cleaning the Exterior
Clean the outside of the oven with soap and water. Rinse with clean
water and dry with a soft cloth or paper towel.
• Do not allow the water to seep into the ventilation openings to
prevent damage to the operating parts inside the oven.
• The door and door seals should be kept clean. Use only warm, soapy
water, rinse then dry thoroughly.
• Frequently wipe metal parts with a damp cloth.
Cleaning the Control Panel
Open the door to prevent the oven from accidentally starting. Wipe
with a damp cloth followed immediately by a dry cloth. Press STOP or
STOP/Clear after cleaning.
Cleaning the Accessories
Wash the glass tray and rotating ring in mild, sudsy water. For heavily
soiled areas, use a mild cleanser and scouring sponge. Dry completely
before use.
• The glass tray and rotating ring are dishwasher safe.
global_main.book.book Page 12 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

12 INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION
Product Overview Accessories
The appearance or components of the appliance
may differ from model to model.

Front View

a Glass Tray
b Rotating Ring
c Shaft

a Control Panel CAUTION


• Do not use the microwave oven without the
b Mica Sheet glass tray and rotating ring.
c Safety Door Lock System
d Window
Specifications
WARNING Power supply and power consumption may vary
• Do not operate the oven when it is empty or
depending on the model purchased. Refer to the
without the glass tray. It is best to leave a glass
labels for details.
of water in the oven when not in use. The water
will safely absorb all microwave energy, if the MS259XXXX Model
oven is accidentally started.
• Microwave Output: Max. 1000 W*1

• Frequency: 2450 MHz*2


CAUTION • Dimensions (W x H x D): 476 x 272 x 360 mm
• To avoid risk of personal injury or property • Power Supply
damage, do not use stoneware, metal cookware,
or metal rimmed cookware in the oven. - 220 V~ 50/60 Hz
- 230 V~ 50 Hz
- 220 - 240 V~ 50 Hz
NOTE • Power Consumption: Microwave 1150 W
• Do not remove the mica sheet from the inside
MS429XXXX Model
cavity of the oven. It is there to protect the
microwave components from food spatters. • Microwave Output: Max. 1200 W*1

• Frequency: 2450 MHz*2


• Dimensions (W x H x D): 544 x 307 x 432 mm
• Power Supply
global_main.book.book Page 13 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

INSTALLATION 13

- 220 V~ 50/60 Hz • An exhaust outlet is located on bottom or


side of the oven. If you use the microwave
- 230 V~ 50 Hz
oven in an enclosed space or cupboard, the
- 220 - 240 V~ 50 Hz air flow for cooling the product could be
• Power Consumption: Microwave 1350 W worse. It may result in lower performance

ENGLISH
and reduced service life.
*1 IEC 60705 RATING STANDARD. Specifications
20 cm
are subject to change without prior notice.
20 cm
20 cm
*2 Microwave Frequency: 2450 MHz +/- 50 MHz 20 cm
(Group 2 / Class B)
Group 2 equipment: group 2 contains all ISM RF
equipment in which radio-frequency energy in
the frequency range 9 kHz to 400GHz is
intentionally generated and used or only used,
in the form of electromagnetic radiation,
3 Place the rotating ring inside the oven and
place the glass tray on top.
inductive and /or capacitive coupling, for the
treatment of material or inspection/analysis
purposes. 4 Insert the power plug into an outlet.
Class B equipment is equipment suitable for use • Do not block the outlet to prevent damage
in domestic dwellings and domestic dwellings the oven.
directly connected to a low voltage power
supply network which supplies buildings used • Make sure the microwave oven is the only
for domestic purposes. appliance connected to the socket.
• If your oven does not operate properly,
unplug it from the electrical socket and then
NOTE plug it back in.
• When operating at 100% and 80% power levels
for prolonged periods, the output power will be NOTE
reduced gradually to help prevent the unit from
electrically overheating. • Do not place oven above a gas or electric range.
• The setting of the cooking time should be
shorter than common microwave ovens (700 W,
800 W) due to the relatively high output power of
the product.
Installation Requirements
Installation Location
1 Place the microwave oven on a flat surface with Radio Frequency Interference
more than 85 cm height. • When operating the microwave oven, If you use
• The front of the oven should be at least 8 cm a product such as radio, TV, wireless LAN,
from the edge of the surface to prevent Bluetooth, medical equipment, wireless
tipping. equipment etc.
• Using the same frequency as the microwave
2 Allow at least 20 cm from the top, 20 cm from oven, the product may receive interference from
the sides, and 20 cm back of the oven for these products. This interference does not
proper ventilation. indicate a problem of the microwave or the
product and is not a malfunction. Therefore, it is
• Free airflow around the oven is important.
safe to use. However, medical equipment may
global_main.book.book Page 14 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

14 INSTALLATION

receive interference as well, so use caution when


using medical equipment near the product.
global_main.book.book Page 15 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OPERATION 15

OPERATION
Control Panel

ENGLISH
Control Panel Features
global_main.book.book Page 16 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

16 OPERATION

a Display
Icon Indication
Shows the time of day, cooking time settings,
and selected cooking functions.
Microwave
b Auto Cook Mode
Cook the favorite foods without having to select Inverter Cook
cooking times and power levels.
Inverter Defrost
Reheat
Start Cooking
Popular Menu
Use More or Less
Soften
Select a Power Levels
Melt
Select an Weight
Proof

Keep Warm
NOTE
• A beep sounds each time you press a key. A
melody signals the end of a timer or a cooking
c Power
cycle.
Set a cooking power level.
• This oven has a built-in safety interlocks to
d Inverter Defrost prevent exposure to excessive microwave
Defrost food items automatically using energy. The oven will automatically turn off any
preprogrammed settings. cooking when the door is opened.

e More/Less
Set cooking time, power level, quantity, or
weight.
Using the Control Panel
f START/Enter
Press this button to start the oven, enter
Touch Buttons
amounts, or cook at 100% cook power for 30 To use the this buttons, press inside the text area.
seconds.
• If you press this button during cooking to
increase cook time by 30 seconds. (Up to 99
minutes and 59 seconds)
g STOP/Cancel/Clear
Stop the oven or clear all entries.
Slide Touch
• If you press and hold this button for 3 Use the this button to adjust the cooking time or
seconds to lock the control panel. defrost weight.
Display Icon
An icon displays when a function is selected or an
weight / a power level / a temperature is selected
by using More or Less button.
global_main.book.book Page 17 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OPERATION 17

To increase the cooking time: • When operating at 100% and 80% power levels
Press and slowly slide from left to right. Or, press for prolonged periods, the output power will be
button. reduced gradually to help prevent the unit from
electrically overheating.

ENGLISH
Power
Use
Level

To decrease the cooking time: High • Boiling water.


Press and slowly slide from right to left. Or, press (100%) • Browning ground beef
button. 1200
• Making candy.
W*1/
1000 W *2 • Cooking poultry pieces, fish,
vegetables, and tender cuts of
meat.

(80%) • Reheating rice, pasta &


1000 vegetables.
NOTE W*1/ 800 • Reheating prepared foods
• Do not use rubber gloves or disposable gloves W*2 quickly.
when using the touch button.
• Reheating sandwiches.
• When wiping the control panel with a wet towel,
dry off any remaining moisture from the control 700 W*1/ • Cooking egg, milk and cheese
panel. dishes.
600 W*2
• If the setting does not increase or decrease • Cooking cakes and breads.
when you press the More/Less buttons remove
• Cooking veal.
your finger and try again.
• Cooking whole fish.
• Adjusting the time
• Cooking puddings and custard.
- 0 - 3 minutes: Set time will increase or
decrease by 10 seconds. • Melting chocolate.
- 3 - 20 minutes: Set time will increase or 400 W • Thawing meat, poultry and
decrease by 30 seconds. seafood.
- 20 - 90 minutes: Set time will increase or • Cooking less tender cuts of meat.
decrease by 1 minute.
- While oven is running: Remaining time will 200 W • Taking chill out of fruit.
increase or decrease by 10 seconds. • Softening butter and cream
• Defrost weight: Weight will increase or decrease cheese.
by 0.1 kg. • Keeping casseroles and main
dishes warm.

*1 For MS429XXXX models.


Before Use
*2 For MS259XXXX models.
Microwave Power Levels
This microwave oven is equipped with 5 power
levels to give you maximum flexibility and control
Setting the Clock
over cooking. See the table for suggested power When the oven is plugged in for the first time or
levels for various foods. when power resumes after a power interruption,
global_main.book.book Page 18 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

18 OPERATION

the clock defaults to the 12-hour clock mode and


12H appears in the display. You can set the time of NOTE
day or switch to the 24-hour clock mode.
• If set, the time of day reappears in the display
after 1 second.
1 Open the door and press START/Enter to
confirm the 12H clock display. • If the oven is locked, a Loc appears in the display
• To switch to the 24-hour clock mode, use when any key is pressed.
More/Less. • Unlock the oven to resume normal use.

2 Select a desired hour by using More/Less, and


press START/Enter.
Quick Start
3 Select a desired minutes by using More/Less,
Quick Start Feature
and press START/Enter.
This feature allows you to set 30-second intervals
NOTE of High power cooking with each press of the
START/Enter button.
• To reset the clock mode, you must unplug and
reconnect the power cord. Cooking for 2 Minutes on High Power
• If you do not want the time of day to appear in
the display, press STOP/Clear, after plugging in
1 Close the door and press STOP/Clear.
the oven.
• When the oven is not in use, the display turns off 2 Press START/Enter four times.
to save energy, unless the time of day is set to • The oven starts cooking and the time counts
show in the display. down in the display.
• You can also set the time by using the slide touch
key after closing the door. NOTE
• The oven will immediately start cooking for 30
seconds on high power.
• Press START/Enter repeatedly to extend the
Child Lock cook time by 30 seconds every time the button is
pressed.
Use this safety feature to lock the control panel and
prevent the oven from being turned on when • The cook time can be extended to 99 minutes
cleaning the oven or prevent children from and 59 seconds.
unsupervised use of the oven.
Setting Child Lock to ON

1 Close the door and press STOP/Clear. Manual Cooking


When not using the auto cooking functions, the
2 Press and hold STOP/Clear until a Loc appears cooking time and power level are set manually.
in the display (approximately 3 seconds).
1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear.
Cancelling Child Lock
Press STOP/Clear and hold until a Loc disappears
in the display (approximately 3 seconds). 2 Press Power until a desired power level
appears in the display, and press START/Enter.
global_main.book.book Page 19 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OPERATION 19

3 Select a desired time by using More/Less. 2 Casserole (0.25 - 1.0 kg, 1 serving: 250 g)
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
4 Close the door and press START/Enter. • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• When cooking is complete, a chime sounds • Cover with vented plastic wrap.

ENGLISH
and End appears in the display window. End
remains in the display and the chime repeats • Standing time: 3 minutes.
every minute until the door is opened, or any
3 Dinner Plate (1 serving)
button is pressed.
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
NOTE • Utensil: Microwave-safe dish
• If a power level is not selected, the oven defaults • Cover with vented plastic wrap.
to High power. • Standing time: 3 minutes.

4 Muffin (1 - 4 pieces, 1 muffin: 75 - 80 g)


• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
Cooking Mode • Utensil: Microwave-safe dish
This feature has preprogrammed settings to
automatically cook certain foods. 5 Pie (0.2 - 0.6 kg, 1 piece: 150 - 200 g)
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
Reheat Mode • Utensil: Microwave-safe dish
This feature reheats single servings of previously • Cut pie into pieces.
cooked foods or a plate of leftovers.
6 Pizza (0.2 - 0.5 kg)
1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear.
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
• Utensil: Microwave-safe dish
2 Press Reheat until a desired menu code
appears in the display. 7 Rice (0.1 - 0.3 kg)
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
3 Select a desired weight by using More/Less. • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Cover with vented plastic wrap.
4 Close the door and press START/Enter. • Standing time: 3 minutes.

NOTE 8 Soup (0.25 - 1.0 kg, 1 serving: 250 g)


• Do not use recycled paper products in the • Initial Temperature: Room
microwave oven. They sometimes contain • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
impurities that cause arcing and sparking.
• Cover with vented plastic wrap.
• Standing time: 3 minutes.
Reheat Menu
Refer to the below to set the desired code and
weight.
Popular Cooking Mode
1 Beverage (1 - 2 cups, 1 cup: 200 ml)
This feature cooks for popular food items.
• Initial Temperature: Room
• Utensil: Microwave-safe cup 1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear.
global_main.book.book Page 20 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

20 OPERATION

2 Press Popular Menu until a desired code (1, 2, • Vegetable mixture


3, or 4) appears in the display.
- 1.2 kg chicken, cut into 8-10 pieces
- 2 medium carrots, chopped
3 Select a desired menu code by using More/ - 1 each, finely chopped: tomato, onion
Less.
- 3 garlic cloves, minced
- 0.25 cup tomato puree
4 Close the door and press START/Enter.
• 0.25 cup: butter, raisins, slivered almond
Popular Menu (toasted)
Refer to the below to set the desired code and • 1 pinch: grated nutmeg, ground cumin, ground
weight. coriander
1-1 Grape Leaf (1.0 kg) • 200 g long grain rice (Do not rinse or soak this.)
Ingredients • 2 cups hot water
• Vegetable mixture • 1 chicken stock cube
- 0.5 cup olive oil • Salt and freshly ground black pepper
- 1 tomato, chopped Instructions
- 2 large onions, finely chopped • Initial Temperature: Room
- 1 cup lemon juice • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
- 1 tbsp tomato paste • Cook the vegetable mixture with butter until
- 1 garlic clove, crushed lightly browned.
• 1 pot of grape leaves • Place the vegetable mixture and add rice, spices,
raisins, almond and water.
• Kosher salt, freshly ground black pepper
• Cover with vented plastic wrap.
• 1 cup white rice
• Stir at least twice during cooking.
• 0.5 cup water
• 0.25 cup chopped dill 1-3 Rice Pudding (0.7 kg)
Instructions Ingredients

• Initial Temperature: Room • 0.5 cups short grain rice

• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl • 600 g milk

• Cook the vegetable mixture until lightly • Pinch of salt


browned. • 0.25 cup granulated sugar
• Add cooked rice, vegetable mixture, salt and • 3 tbsps rose water
pepper in a bowl and mix well.
• 0.5 tsp ground cardamom
• Place grape leaf on a flat surface and place 1.5
• Honey for serving, optional
spoonfuls of the rice mixture in the center of the
leaf. Wrap rice mixture with leaf. Instructions
• Put all wrapped leaves in rows and add water. • Initial Temperature: Room
• Cover with vented plastic wrap. • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl (deep glass pot)
• After cooking, serve with sour cream or as • Mix all the ingredients and cover with vented
desired. plastic wrap.
• Standing time: 5 minutes
1-2 Kabsa (2.0 kg)
Ingredients
global_main.book.book Page 21 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OPERATION 21

1-4 Saffron Rice (0.1 - 0.4 kg) • 1 onion, eggplant, zucchini, and colored sweet
Ingredients pepper, cut into chunks
• Rice / Water / Oil / Saffron water • 3 tomatoes, chopped
- 0.1 kg / 250 ml / 1 tsp / 1 tsp • 1 tbsp tomato paste

ENGLISH
- 0.2 kg / 500 ml / 2 tbsps / 2 tbsps • 2 garlic cloves, crushed
- 0.3 kg / 750 ml / 2 tbsps / 2 tbsps • 1 tbsp fresh greens, chopped
- 0.4 kg / 1000 ml / 3 tbsps / 3 tbsps • 2 tbsps vinegar
• Salt to taste • 1 tsp sugar
Instructions • Salt and pepper to taste
• Initial Temperature: Room Instructions
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl (deep glass pot) • Initial Temperature: Room
• Do not cover to vaporize whole water. • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Standing time: 5 minutes • Cover with vented plastic wrap.
• Stir at least twice during cooking.
2-1 French Onion Soup (1.5 kg)
Ingredients
2-3 Spaghetti Bolognaise (1.0 kg)
• 4 onions, thinly sliced Ingredients
• 50 g butter • Bolognaise sauce
• 1 tsp white sugar - 1 tablespoon olive oil
• 1 tsp all-purpose flour - 1 onion, chopped
• 3 cups beef stock - 1 garlic clove, crushed
• 0.5 cup red wine - 400 g ground beef
• 8 slices of toasted French bread - 100 g tomato paste
• 1 cup grated cheese - 2 chopped tomatoes
Instructions - 1 tbsp dried greens
• Initial Temperature: Room - Salt and pepper to taste
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl (deep glass pot) • Pasta
• Cook onions with sugar and butter until golden - 150 g pasta, cooked as package direction
brown. - 1 tbsp parmesan cheese
• Mix cooked onions and flour and add beef stock
Instructions
and red wine.
• Initial Temperature: Room
• Cover with vented plastic wrap.
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Stir at least twice during cooking.
• Mix all ingredients of the bolognaise sauce.
• After cooking, stir and ladle soup into serving
bowls. • Cover with vented plastic wrap.

• Place 1 slice toasted bread on top of the soup in • Stir at least twice during cooking.
each bowl and spread cheese on toasted bread. • After cooking, stir and add bolognaise sauce to
• Cook for 1 - 2 minutes on high microwave power cooked pasta and garnish with parmesan cheese
until cheese melted. or as desired before serving.

2-2 Ratatouille (1.5 kg) 2-4 Stuffed Tomatoes (1.0 kg)


Ingredients Ingredients
global_main.book.book Page 22 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

22 OPERATION

• 4 medium tomatoes • Instructions for vegetable mixture


• Salt and pepper to taste - Cook onions and butter for 5 minutes until
caramelized.
• Beef mixture
- 300 g ground beef - Add carrots and garbanzo beans and cook for
another 5 minutes, and add garlic, cilantro,
- 0.5 cup bread crumbs parsley, potatoes and 0.5 tsp salt and mix
- 2 garlic cloves, crushed vegetables.
- 1 tbsp: Dijon mustard, dried greens, and - In a large 4 quart sauce pan bring tomato
parmesan cheese sauce and 1.5 cup of water to a simmer.
Instructions - Add seasonings and spices to the sauce then
add vegetable mixture to tomato sauce and
• Initial Temperature: Room simmer for 10 - 12 minutes.
• Utensil: Microwave-safe dish
Instructions
• Cut tops off tomatoes to form hats and remove
• Initial Temperature: Room
seeds. Then sprinkle each tomato with salt and
pepper. • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl

• Stuff tomatoes with beef mixture and replace • Put couscous, water and butter and mix well.
hat. • Cover with vented plastic wrap.
• Place stuffed tomatoes and cover with plastic • Standing time: 15 -20 minutes
wrap.
• With a fork, fluff the couscous and mix the
3-1 Couscous (0.1 - 0.4 kg) couscous with the vegetable sauce.
Ingredients
3-2 Fufu (0.5 - 1.0 kg)
• Couscous / Water / Butter Ingredients
- 0.1 kg / 120 ml / 1 tbsp • Cassava or white yam / Water / Butter
- 0.2 kg / 240 ml / 2 tbsps - 0.5 kg / 1 cup / 2 tbsps
- 0.3 kg / 360 ml / 2 tbsps - 0.75 kg / 1 cup / 2 tbsps
- 0.4 kg / 480 ml / 3 tbsps - 1.0 kg / 2 cups / 2 tbsps
• Vegetable mixture • Salt and pepper to taste
- 1 chicken broth Instructions
- 2 cans tomato sauce • Initial Temperature: Room
- 1.5 cups water • Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
- 15 pealed pearl onions or 2 cups sliced onions • Place the unpeeled yams or cassavas and pour
- 15 oz can chick peas water.

- 2 large boiled potatoes cubed • Cover with vented plastic wrap.

- 1 sliced carrots • After cooking, drain the yams or cassava and let
them cool.
- 0.5 cup chopped cilantro
• Peel the yams or cassavas, chop them into large
- 0.25 cup chopped parsley
pieces and place them into a large bowl with the
- 1 tsp paprika butter, salt and pepper.
- 0.25 tsp nutmeg • Mash with a potato masher until very smooth.
- 0.5 tsp salt and black pepper • Place the fufu into a large serving bowl. Wet your
- 2 tbsps: butter, minced garlic hands with water, form into a ball and serve.
global_main.book.book Page 23 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OPERATION 23

3-3 Jollof Rice (0.1 - 0.4 kg) • 0.5 tsp salt


Ingredients
• 0.25 tsp pepper powder
• Stock (Meat or vegetable) / Vegetable oil / Onion
Instructions
/ Tomato paste
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated

ENGLISH
- 0.1 kg / 150 ml / 1 tbsp / 0.5 onion/1.5 tsps
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
- 0.2 kg / 300 ml / 2 tbsps / 1 onion / 3 tbsps
• Clean a chicken legs, cut to large pieces and
- 0.3 kg / 450 ml / 2 tbsps / 1 onion / 3 tbsps
drain.
- 0.4 kg / 600 ml / 3 tbsps / 2 onions/ 6 tbsps
4-2 Curry Chicken (1.5 kg)
• Some green chili, seeded and chopped
Ingredients
Instructions
• 400 g chicken breasts, cut into chunks
• Initial Temperature: Room
• 0.25 cup olive oil
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• 0.5 cup: water or stock, plain yogurt
• Cook onion, chili and tomato paste with oil until
• 400 g tomato sauce
lightly browned.
• 2 onions, chopped
• Mix the cooked tomato mixture, rice, and water.
• 4 garlic cloves, crushed
• Cover with vented plastic wrap.
• 1 each: ginger root, peeled, cinnamon stick
• Stir at least twice during cooking.
• 2 dried red chilies
3-4 Mealie Pap (0.6 kg)
• 1 tsp turmeric powder
Ingredients
• 1 tbsp lemon juice
• 250 g mealie meal(white bread also possible)
• Salt and pepper to taste
• 300 ml boiling water
Instructions
• Salt to taste
• Initial Temperature: Room
Instructions
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Initial Temperature: Room
• Cover with vented plastic wrap.
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Stir at least twice during cooking.
• Combine all ingredients and stir with a fork or
wooden spoon to obtain a crumbly consistency.
4-3 Stir-fried Squid with Curry Powder (0.6 kg)
• Cover with vented plastic wrap. Ingredients
• Stir at least twice during cooking. • 300 g squids
• After cooking, stir occasionally to prevent lumps. • 0.5 onion, sliced
• Stand covered for 2 minutes. • 2 red spur peppers, sliced
• Serve with any main meal, or with a thick gravy. • 2 each, cut 2 inches: Chinese celeries, spring
onions
4-1 Chicken Clear Soup (1.0 kg)
• 1 egg
Ingredients
• 2 tbsps: curry powder, chili paste, cooking oil
• 300 g chicken legs
• 3 tbsps: unsweetened condensed milk, oyster
• 0.5 each, peeled and large cut: carrot, onion
sauce
• 1 potato, peeled and large cut • 2 tsps sugar
• 2 celeries, cut 1 inch
Instructions
• 3 cups chicken stock
• Initial Temperature: Room
global_main.book.book Page 24 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

24 OPERATION

• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl 2 Press Soften until a desired menu code


appears in the display.
• Remove the head, tentacles and ink-sac from the
squid. Pull off and discard the mottled skin. Slice
flesh to stripe and cut into cubes, drain.
3 Select a desired weight by using More/Less.
• Mix all the ingredients except vegetables and oil
and put the mixture, vegetables, oil and squids.
• Stir at least twice during cooking.
4 Close the door and press START/Enter.

Softening Menu
4-4 Veg. Biryani (1.0 kg)
Refer to the below to set the desired code and
Ingredients
weight.
• 400 g water
1 Butter (1 - 3 pieces, 1 piece: 100 - 150 g)
• 1.5 cups Basmati rice
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
• 2 cups chopped onions
• Utensil: Microwave-safe dish
• 1 cup vegetables(carrot, beans, peas, potato),
chopped • Unwrap before use.

• 1 each: chopped tomato, cinnamon 2 Cream Cheese (0.1 - 0.3 kg)


• 2 each: chopped green chilies, cardamoms • Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
• 2 cloves and small bay leaves • Utensil: Microwave-safe dish
• A bunch of finely chopped coriander leaves • Unwrap before use and cut into cubes.
(cilantro) and mint leaves
• 1.5 tsp red chili powder 3 Ice Cream (2 or 4 cups)
• 1 tsp: coriander powder, cumin powder, fennel • Initial Temperature: Frozen
seeds, ginger garlic paste • Remove lid and cover.
• 2 tbsps ghee or clarified butter
• 1 tbsp: Biryani masala, oil
• Salt to taste Melting Mode
Instructions The oven uses low power to melt foods (butter,
• Initial Temperature: Room cheese and chocolate).

• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl 1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear.


• Cook all vegetables and spices until lightly
browned.
2 Press Melt until a desired menu code appears
• Mix the cooked vegetable mixture, rice and in the display.
water.
• Cover with vented plastic wrap.
3 Select a desired weight by using More/Less.
• Stir at least twice during cooking.

4 Close the door and press START/Enter.


• After cooking, stir to complete melting.
Softening Mode
The oven uses low power to soften foods (butter, Melting Menu
cream cheese and ice cream). Refer to the below to set the desired code and
weight.
1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear.
global_main.book.book Page 25 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OPERATION 25

1 Butter (1 - 3 pieces, 1 piece: 100 - 150 g) Proof Menu


• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated Refer to the below to set the desired code and
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl weight limit.
1 Yogurt (0.6 kg)

ENGLISH
2 Cheese (0.2 - 0.4 kg)
• Initial Temperature: Lukewarm
• Initial Temperature: Refrigerated
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Ingredients
• Use processed cheese food only.
- 500 ml, Pasteurized whole milk
• Unwrap before use and cut into cubes.
- 100 g, Natural plain yogurt
3 Chocolate (0.1 - 0.3 kg) • Heat milk about 1:30 - 2:30 on high microwave
power until 40 - 50 °C temperature.
• Initial Temperature: Room
• Add yogurt and stir.
• Utensil: Microwave-safe bowl
• Cover plastic wrap and cook.
• Use the chocolate chips or squares of baking
chocolate. • Standing time: 5 hours in the refrigerator.
• Unwrap before use. • After cooking, stir in jam, sugar or fruits to taste.

Proof Mode Keep Warm Mode


This feature allows you to make yogurt. This feature allows you to keep temperature that
has just been cooked.
1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear.
1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear.

2 Press Proof until 1 appears in the display.


2 Press Keep Warm until 1 appears in the
display.
3 Close the door and press START/Enter.
• 5h00 will appears in the display.
3 Close the door and press START/Enter.
• 1h30 will appears in the display.
NOTE
• Use only the pasteurized whole milk and natural
plain yogurt. NOTE
• Crisp foods (pastry, pies, turnovers, etc) should
• Do not use following types of milk and yogurt:
be uncovered during keep warm.
- 2 %, 1 % or fat-free milk, high calcium milk, soy
• Moist foods should be covered with plastic wrap
milk, leftover milk, expired milk.
or microwave-safe lid.
- Leftover yogurt, expired yogurt.
• The amount of keep warm food is suitable for 1 -
• Thoroughly wash all utensils with hot water and 3 servings. It should also be noted that moist
dry before proofing yogurt. food will become dryer the longer it is kept
• Do not shake or mix yogurt during proofing as warm.
this will affect the firmness of the yogurt. • Plastic wrap should not touch the food during
• If the amount of ingredients are greater than heating.
suggested, increase the proofing time.
global_main.book.book Page 26 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

26 OPERATION

Keep Warm Menu • The length of defrosting time varies according to


how solidly the food is frozen.
Refer to the below to set the desired code and
weight limit. • The shape of the package affects how quickly
food will defrost. Shallow packages will defrost
1 Keep Warm
more quickly than a deep block.
• Initial Temperature: Lukewarm
• Depending on the shape of the food can be
defrosted more or less.

Defrosting Mode
Inverter Defrost Menu
The oven has 4 preset defrost cycles. The defrost Refer to the below to set the desired code and
function provides the defrosting method for frozen weight.
foods. The defrost table shows the suggested
defrost cycle for various foods. The defrost dEF1 Meat (0.1 - 4.0 kg)
function conveniently chimes during the cycle to • Beef: Ground beef, round steak, stew cubes,
remind you to check, turn over, separate, or tenderloin steak, pot roast, rib roast, rump roast,
rearrange the food. chuck roast, hamburger patties

1 Open the door and press STOP/Clear. • Lamb: Chops, rolled roast
• Veal: Cutlets (0.5 kg, 20 mm thick)

2 Press Inverter Defrost until a desired menu • Standing time: 5 - 15 minutes.


code appears in the display.
dEF2 Poultry (0.1 - 4.0 kg)
• Poultry: Whole, cut-up, breast (boneless)
3 Select a desired weight by using More/Less.
• Cornish Hens: Whole
• Turkey: Breast
4 Close the door and press START/Enter.
• Standing time: 30 - 60 minutes.
• The countdown appears in the display.
dEF3 Fish (0.1 - 4.0 kg)
5 At the beep, open the door and remove any • Fish: Fillets, whole steaks
portions that have thawed and turn the food
• Shellfish: Crab meat, lobster tails, shrimp,
over.
scallops
• Standing time: 5 - 10 minutes.
6 Press START/Enter to resume the defrost
cycle. dEF4 Bread (0.1 - 0.5 kg)
• Sliced bread, buns, baguettes, etc.
NOTE • Separate slices and place between paper towels
• Remove fish, shellfish, meat, and poultry from its or on flat plate.
original wrapping paper or plastic package.
• Standing time: 1 - 2 minutes.
Otherwise, the wrap will hold steam and juice
close to the foods, which can cause the outer
surface of the foods to cook.
• Place foods in a shallow container or on a Utensils Guide
microwave roasting rack to catch drippings.
• Food should still be somewhat icy in the centre Microwave-Safe Utensils
when removed from the oven. • Ovenproof Glass: Glassware that is heat-
resistant is microwave-safe. This would include
global_main.book.book Page 27 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

OPERATION 27

all brands of oven tempered glass utensils. Microwave-Unsafe Utensils


However, do not use delicate glassware, such as
tumblers or wine glasses, as these might shatter • Metal Containers and Metal Decoration
as the food warms. - Never use metal or metal-rimmed utensils in
• Pottery Stoneware Ceramic: Use bowls, cups, the microwave oven.

ENGLISH
serving plates, pottery, stoneware, ceramic, and - Microwaves cannot penetrate metal. They will
platters without metallic rim. Many containers bounce off any metal object in the oven and
made of these materials are microwave-safe, but cause arcing, an alarming phenomenon that
test them before use. resembles lightning.
• Plastic - Metal shields the food from microwave
- Plastic Storage Containers: These can be energy and produces uneven cooking. Also
used to hold foods that are to be quickly avoid metal skewers, thermometers, foil trays,
reheated. However, they should not be used metal-rimmed or metal-banded dinnerware,
to hold foods that will need considerable time casserole dishes, etc. The metal rim interferes
in the oven as hot foods will eventually warp with normal cooking and may damage the
or melt plastic containers. oven.
- Plastic Cooking Bags: Provided they are
specially made for cooking, cooking bags are
microwave safe. Remember to make a slit in Testing Utensils before Use
the bag so that steam can escape. Never use
ordinary plastic bags for cooking in the Most heat resistant and non-metallic utensils is
microwave oven, as they will melt and rupture. safe for use in your oven. However, some utensils
may contain materials that are not suitable for
- Plastic Microwave Utensils: A variety of
microwave use. Follow the steps below to find out
shapes and sizes of microwave utensils are
if utensils can be used in the microwave.
available. You may be able to use items you
already have on hand rather than investing in
new kitchen equipment.
1 Place the container in question and a glass
measuring cup filled with water next to each
• Paper: Use paper towels, waxed paper, paper other inside the oven.
napkins, and paper plates with no metallic rim or
design. Paper plates and containers are
convenient and safe to use in the microwave 2 Heat the container and glass measuring cup
oven, provided that the cooking time is short and for 1 minute at HIGH power.
foods to be cooked are low in fat and moisture. • If the water heats up but the container
Paper towels are also very useful for wrapping remains cool to the press, the container is
foods and for lining baking trays in which greasy microwave-safe.
foods such as bacon are cooked. In general,
• If the temperature of the water does not
avoid coloured paper products as the color may
change but the container becomes warm, it
run. Some recycled paper products may contain
is not safe for use in the microwave oven.
impurities which could cause arcing or fires
when used in the microwave.
• Tableware: Many containers made of pottery, CAUTION
stoneware and ceramic are also microwave-safe. • Some items with high lead or iron content are
If in doubt consult the manufacturer’s literature not suitable for microwave cooking.
or perform the microwave test. Do not put plates • Utensils should be checked to ensure that it is
with painted decoration in the oven, as the paint suitable for use in the microwave.
may contain metal and cause arcing.
• Always be careful when taking utensils out of the
oven. Some dishes absorb heat from the cooked
food and may be hot.
global_main.book.book Page 28 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

28 OPERATION

Cooking Guide • Density: Light, porous food such as cakes and


breads are cooked more quickly than heavy,
dense foods such as roasts and casseroles.
Cooking Tips
• Bones and Fat: Bones conduct heat and fat
Carefully monitor the food in the microwave oven cooks more quickly than meat. Take care with
when it is cooked. Directions given in recipes to bony or fatty cuts of meat.
elevate, stir, etc., are the minimum steps
• Quantity: The more food you place in the oven,
recommended. If the food seems to be cooked
the longer the required cooking time.
unevenly, simply make the necessary adjustments
to correct the problem. • Shielding: Cover the corners of square dishes
with strips of aluminum foil to prevent
• Covering: Cover the plate with a lid, parchment
overcooking. Do not use too much foil, and make
paper (not waxed paper) or cling plastic wrap for
sure the foil is secured to the dish. If the foil gets
use in the microwave oven. A cover traps heat
too close to the oven walls during cooking, it can
and steam, which help to cook the food more
cause arcing.
quickly.
• Stirring: Stir from the outside towards the
center, as food at the outside of the dish heats
more quickly.
• Standing Time: Standing time allows foods to
finish cooking and also helps flavors blend and
develop. Foods are often allowed to stand for 3
to 10 minutes after being removed from the
oven.
• Cooking Time: Set the cooking time according
to the temperature of the ingredients. Ice-cold
ingredients take considerably longer to cook
than room temperature ingredients.
• Sprinkling: Low-moisture foods such as roasts
and vegetables should be sprinkled with water
before cooking or covered to retain moisture.
• Arranging: The upper portion of thick foods will
be cooked more quickly than the lower portion.
Turn food over several times during cooking.
• Piercing: Pierce foods that are enclosed in a
shell, skin or membrane before cooking to
prevent them from bursting.
- Such foods include yolks and whites of eggs,
clams, oysters, potatoes, and other whole
vegetables and fruits.
• Shape of Food: Microwaves penetrate only
about 2 cm into food. Only the outer edge of
food is cooked by microwave energy; the rest is
cooked as the heat moves inward.
- Place the thickest portions of foods like meat,
poultry or fish toward the outside of the
utensils to help them cook more evenly.
- If possible, shape foods into thin rounds or
rings.
global_main.book.book Page 29 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

SMART FUNCTIONS 29

SMART FUNCTIONS
LG ThinQ Application
NOTE

ENGLISH
This feature is only available on models with the c • For reasons not attributable to LGE’s negligence,
or d icon. the service may not operate due to external
The LG ThinQ application allows you to factors such as, but not limited to, Wi-Fi
communicate with the appliance using a unavailability, Wi-Fi disconnection, local app
smartphone. store policy, or app unavailability.
• The feature may be subject to change without
LG ThinQ Application Features prior notice and may have a different form
depending on where you are located.
Communicate with the appliance from a
smartphone using the convenient smart features.

Smart Diagnosis Using Audible Diagnosis to


If you experience a problem while using the Diagnose Issues
appliance, this smart diagnosis feature will help
you diagnose the problem. 1 Hold the mouthpiece of your phone over the
Smart Diagnosis logo. Do not touch any other
buttons.
NOTE
• The application is subject to change for
appliance improvement purposes without notice
to users.
• Functions may vary by model.

2 Press and hold the STOP/Clear button for 8


seconds until 5 appears in the display.
Installing the LG ThinQ
Application 3 After you hear three beeps, release the STOP/
Search for the LG ThinQ application from the Clear button.
Google Play Store or Apple App Store on a smart
phone.
4 Keep the phone in place until the tone
• Follow instructions to download and install the transmission has finished. The display will
application. count down the time. Once the countdown is
• Run the LG ThinQ application and follow the over and the tones have stopped, the diagnosis
instructions in the application to register the will be displayed in the application.
appliance.
NOTE
• For best results, do not move the phone while
Smart Diagnosis the tones are being transmitted.

This feature is only available on models with the c


or d icon.
Use this function if you need an accurate diagnosis
by our customer information centre when the
appliance malfunctions or fails.
global_main.book.book Page 30 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

30 TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING
FAQs
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: What’s wrong when the oven light will not glow?
A: There may be several reasons why the oven light will not glow. Either the light bulb has blown or the
electric circuit has failed.
Q: Does microwave energy pass through the viewing screen in the door?
A: No. The holes, or ports, are made to allow light to pass; they do not let microwave energy through.
Q: Why does the beep tone sound when a button on the control panel is touched?
A: The beep tone sounds to assure that the setting is being properly entered.
Q: Will the microwave function be damaged if it operates empty?
A: Yes. Never run it empty.
Q: Why do eggs sometimes pop?
A: When baking, frying, or poaching eggs, the yolk may pop due to steam build up inside the yolk
membrane. To prevent this, simply pierce the yolk before cooking. Never microwave eggs in the shell.
Q: Why is standing time recommended after microwave cooking is over?
A: After microwave cooking is finished, food keeps on cooking during standing time. This standing time
finishes cooking evenly throughout the food. the amount of standing time depends on the density of the
food.
Q: Why doesn’t my oven always cook as fast as the cooking guide says?
A:
• Check your cooking guide again to make sure you have followed directions correctly, and to see what
might cause variations in cooking time.
• Cooking guide times and heat settings are suggestions, chosen to help prevent overcooking, the most
common problem in getting used to this oven.
• Variations in the size, shape, weight and dimensions of the food require longer cooking time.
• Use your own judgment along with the cooking guide suggestions to test food conditions, just as you
would do with a conventional cooker.
Q: Why does the word ‘cool’ or remaining cooking time appear in the display with fan noise after
microwave cooking is over?
A: After cooking is complete, the fan may operate to cool the oven. The display will show Cool. If you open
the door or press once STOP before the cooking time is complete, the remaining cooking time will show
on the display. This is not a malfunction.

After Sales Service (Egypt Only)


• Shelf Life Time : 2 Years
• LG is committed to providing all spare parts of this appliance during the shelf life time.

Before Calling for Service


If following symptoms appear while using the microwave oven, check it one more time. It may not be a
failure.
global_main.book.book Page 31 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

TROUBLESHOOTING 31

Operation
Symptoms Possible Cause & Solution

Microwave oven does Power cord is unplugged, door is open. Or, cooking time is not set.

ENGLISH
not start
• Plug in power cord.
• Close oven door.
• Set cooking time.

A fuse in your home may be blown or the circuit breaker tripped. Or the
appliance is connected to a GFCI (Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter)
outlet, and the outlet's circuit breaker has tripped.
• Check the main electrical box and replace the fuse or reset the circuit
breaker.
Do not increase fuse capacity. If the problem is a circuit overload, have it
corrected by a qualified electrician.
• Reset the circuit breaker on the GFCI. If the problem persists, contact an
electrician.

Arcing or Sparking Utensils is not microwave safe. Or, operated the oven when it is empty.
• Use microwave-safe utensils. When in doubt, test utensils before use.
• Do not operate oven while it is empty.

Incorrect Time of Day Power is interruption.


• Reset the time. See Setting the Clock section to reset time of day.

Unevenly Cooked Utensils is not microwave safe. Or, cooking settings was wrong.
Foods • Test utensils to make sure it is microwave safe.
• Do not cook without the glass tray.
• Turn or stir food while cooking.
• Defrost food completely before cooking.
• Use correct cook time and power level.
Overcooked Foods Cooking settings and methods are wrong.
• Change cook time or power level.

Undercooked Foods Utensils is not microwave safe. Or, cooking settings was wrong.
• Test that utensils is microwave safe.
• Defrost food completely before cooking.
• Change cook time or power level.
• Make sure that ventilation ports are not blocked.
Improper Defrosting Utensils is not microwave safe. Or, cooking settings was wrong.
• Test that utensils is microwave safe.
• Change defrost time or weight.
• Turn or stir food during defrost cycle.
global_main.book.book Page 32 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:25 PM

Memo
ar_main.book.book Page 28 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM

‫ﻣﺫﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 27 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪27‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺭﺍﺽ‬

‫ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﻠﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬


‫• ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﻔﺟﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺻﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺙ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻟﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺄﺧﺫ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺻﻬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺯﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺻﻬﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺅﻫﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻠﻳﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﻘﻭﺱ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺭﺭ‬
‫• ﻭﻟﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻳﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺧﺎﻁﺊ‬


‫• ﺃﻋِﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻣﺟﺩﺩًﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻁﻬﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﺳﺎ ٍﻭ‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻁﻬﻲ ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻭﻁﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻁﻬﻳﺔ‬


‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻁﻬﻳﺔ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﺳﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 26 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 26‬ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬


‫ﺃﺳﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺋﻠﺔ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﺿﻭء ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺻﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺷﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻝ ﺗﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ؟‬
‫ﺻﻧﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓﺫ ﻟﻠﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺿﻭء ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻔﺎﺫ؛ ﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻓﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻓﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻺﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻝ ﺳﻳﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺷﻲء ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﻝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗُﺷﻐّﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺷﻲء ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻘﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺷﺭﻩ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﻔﺟﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺗ ّﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺷﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺛﻘﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺑﻘﺷﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺃﺑﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳُﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳُﻧﻬﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻣﺎ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺍﺗﺑﻌﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺗﺭﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﻡ؛ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺷﻳﻭﻋًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻭﺷﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻋﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺟﻧﺑًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻟﻔﺣﺹ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻠﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻔﻌﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ "ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﺗُﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ‪) Cool‬ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻁﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻁﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻳﺱ‬

‫ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﻊ )ﻣﺻﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ(‬


‫• ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ‪ :‬ﺳﻧﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﺗﻠﺗﺯﻡ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ LG‬ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬


‫ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ً‬
‫ﻓﺷﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 25 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ‪25‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ "ﺍﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﻉ" ﺑﻐﺭﺽ ﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ‬ ‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪LG ThinQ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ c‬ﺃﻭ ‪.d‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺯ ‪. Smart Diagnosis‬ﻻ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪ LG ThinQ‬ﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪LG ThinQ‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺗﻭﺍﺟﻬﻙ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 8‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺧﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺭﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﻁﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺩ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﻭﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳُﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪LG ThinQ‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪ LG ThinQ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Apple App Store & Google‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫‪ Play Store‬ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺫﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻭﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺷﻐّﻝ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪ LG ThinQ‬ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ c‬ﺃﻭ ‪.d‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻧﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻌﻭﺩ ﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺗﺟﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺗﻧﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺗﻘﺻﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪.LGE‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻧﺫﺍﺭ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺷﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﻛﻥ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 24 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 24‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻳﺑﺩﻭ ﻣﻁﻬﻲ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺳﺎ ٍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺑﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ )ﻭﺭﻕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺷﻣﻌﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻏﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻲ ﻻﺻﻖ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ‪ :‬ﻗﻠّﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﻳﺳﺧﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﺑﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺯﺝ ﺍﻟﻧﻛﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺯﻳﺯﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻘﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻣﻥ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺟﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺭﺵ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﺍﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ‪ :‬ﺳﻳُﻁﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺛﻘﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺛﻘﺏ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﺷﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻳﺎﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻧﺩﻭﻓﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺍﻕ ‪ 2‬ﺳﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻧﺿﺞ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ؛‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻓﻳﻧﺿﺞ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳُﻣﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺟﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻬﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺷ ّﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻳﺋﺔ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﻭﺧﻭﺍﺗﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻣﻛﻧًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻁﻬﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻔﻧﺟﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻳﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺛﻘﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺷﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺟﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﻥ ﺗﻁﻬﻰ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺫﺭﺍ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻁﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻛﻥ ً‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﺕ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻠﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺑﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭﺯﻕ ﺍﻷﻟﻣﻭﻧﻳﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻣﻭﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻣﻭﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻳﺣﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻟﻣﻭﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﺑﺷﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﻘﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 23 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪23‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ dEF4‬ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ )‪ 0.5 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫• ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻛﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧﺳﻲ‬


‫• ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻧﺎﺷﻑ ﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺑﻖ ﻣﺳﻁﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 2 - 1 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳُﺣﻅﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻁﺭ ﻣﻥ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﻭﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺳﺗﺭﺗﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺳﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﻘﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺷﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻣﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻟﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻪ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻁﻬﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺗ ٍﻭ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻳﺎﺥ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻳﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺧﺯﻓﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻘﻼﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻁﺭ‬ ‫• ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺟﻥ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻁﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻥ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻛﺳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺅﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻧﻛﺳﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺯﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺧﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺯﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﺟﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺣﺗﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﻭء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺩﺍﺧﻝ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻧﻌﺕ ﺧﺻﻳ ً‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻛﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻛﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺗﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﻳﺱ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪.(HIGH‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺃﺑﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻧﺻﻬﺭ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻻ ﻳﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻣﻌﻧﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺗﻣﺯﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ :‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺃﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺣﺟﺎﻡ‬
‫• ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺩﺍﻓﺋًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻣﻌﻧﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭﺓ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ً‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻭﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻁﺑﺦ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻭﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﺷﺭﻳﻁﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫• ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻁﻬﻳﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﻁﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﺟﺩًﺍ ﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺑﻁﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻁﻬﻰ‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺗﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻭﻡ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻣﻭ ًﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺗﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻣﺗﺹ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﺋﺏ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻘﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﺍﺋﻖ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻬﻲ ﻭﻟﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻭﻙ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﺭﻙ ﺣﻳﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺻﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻗﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﻭﺻﻰ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 22 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 22‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫• ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺳﻣﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻓﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺯﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻣﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﻁﻬﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻧﺯﻉ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﺗﻣﺎﺳﻙ‪/‬ﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻙ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﻳﺟﻣﻊ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻁﻌﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻋﺎء ﻣﺳﻁﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻻﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫• ‪ 1h30‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺑﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺟﻣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﻣﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺣﺔ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬ ‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﻣﺷﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺟﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻁﺎﺋﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺑﺔ ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﻣﻥ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻭﺟﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺏ ﺳﻳُﺻﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻔﺎﻑ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻁﺎﻟﺕ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫• ﻳُﺣﻅﺭ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﻏﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ dEF1‬ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ )‪ 4.0 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺳﺎء ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ‪ ،‬ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺑﺎﺏ ﺣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻔﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺧﺫ‪ ،‬ﺷﻁﺎﺋﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻭﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺑﺭﺟﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫• ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺍﻑ‪ :‬ﻗﻁﻊ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺳﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺎء ﻓﺎﺗﺭ‬
‫• ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻝ‪ :‬ﺷﺭﺣﺎﺕ )‪ 0.5‬ﻛﺟﻡ‪ 20 ،‬ﻣﻡ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ﺳﻣﻳﻙ(‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 15 - 5 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‬
‫‪ dEF2‬ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺟﻥ )‪ 4.0 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ‪ :‬ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻭﺭ )ﺑﻼ ﻋﻅﻡ(‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫• ﺩﺟﺎﺝ ﻛﻭﺭﻧﻭﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗُﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺟﺭﺱ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺟﺭﺍء‬
‫• ﺩﻳﻙ ﺭﻭﻣﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﻧﺑﻬﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺻﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫• ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 60 - 30 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬


‫‪ dEF3‬ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ )‪ 4.0 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ‪ :‬ﻓﻳﻠﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻋﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﻌﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺫﻳﻭﻝ ﺳﺭﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺑﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 10 - 5 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪/+‬ﺃﻗﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬


‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 21 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪21‬‬

‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ )‪ 3 - 1‬ﻗﻁﻊ‪ 1 ،‬ﻗﻁﻌﺔ‪ 150 - 100 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ(‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺭﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻛﻭﻻﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﻭﻛﻭﻻﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﻲ )‪ 0.3 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬


‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻗﻁﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻙ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺟﺎﺕ )‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻛﻭﺍﺏ(‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ُ :‬ﻣﺟﻣﺩ‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻧﺯﻉ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‬

‫• ‪ 5h00‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ‬


‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺳﺗﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ )ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻭﻛﻭﻻﺗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ % 1 ،% 2 -‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻟﺳﻳﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﻣﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻼﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻼﺣﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﻭﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻣﺎﺳﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺭ ّﺝ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻁﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻣﺎﺳﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪/+‬ﺃﻗﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻣﺎﺳﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻹﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻭﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ )‪ 3 - 1‬ﻗﻁﻊ‪ 1 ،‬ﻗﻁﻌﺔ‪ 150 - 100 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ(‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ )‪ 0.6‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺎء ﻓﺎﺗﺭ‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ )‪ 0.4 - 0.2‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 500 -‬ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺳﺗﺭ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫‪ 100 -‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 2:30 - 1:30‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ 50 - 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻗﻁﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺛﻡ ﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻛﻭﻻﺗﺔ )‪ 0.3 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻲ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﻬﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 5 :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 20 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 20‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫‪ 4-4‬ﺑﺭﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺎﺭ )‪ 1.0‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬ ‫• ﻧﻅﻑ ﺃﺭﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻁﻌﻬﻡ ﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﻔﻳﺗﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ‪ 400‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﺎء‬ ‫‪ 4-2‬ﺩﺟﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺭﻱ )‪ 1.5‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ‪ 1.5‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺑﺳﻣﺗﻲ‬
‫• ‪ 400‬ﺟﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ‬
‫• ﺣﺑﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫• ‪ 0.25‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻭﻥ‬
‫• ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ )ﺟﺯﺭ ﻭﻓﺎﺻﻭﻟﻳﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﺯﻻء ﻭﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ(‬
‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫• ﺣﺑﺔ ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ‪ 400‬ﺟﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‬
‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‪ ،‬ﻫﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﺣﺑﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻭﺹ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫• ‪ 4‬ﻓﺻﻭﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬
‫• ﺣﻔﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﺯﺑﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﻣﺔ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ )ﻛﺯﺑﺭﺓ( ﻭﻣﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﻌﻧﺎﻉ‬
‫• ‪ 1‬ﻣﻥ ﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻧﺟﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺷﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ‪ 1.5‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ‬
‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻔﻑ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺯﺑﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺭ‪،‬‬
‫• ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻛﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻧﺟﺑﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﻭﻡ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ‬ ‫• ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺻﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﻣﻭﻥ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻁ ِﻪ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﻠﻁ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﺧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4-3‬ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻭﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺭﻱ )‪ 0.6‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫• ‪ 300‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺎﺭ‬


‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﺑﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫• ‪ 2‬ﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺃﺣﻣﺭ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻥ ﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﺭﻓﺱ ﺻﻳﻧﻲ ﺑﺻﻝ ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﻳﻥ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻭﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻟﺗﻁﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﺛﻝ )ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﻲ‬ ‫• ‪ 1‬ﺑﻳﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺟﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺟﻭﻥ ﺻﻠﺻﺔ ﺣﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺕ ﻁﺑﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫• ‪ 3‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻟﺑﻥ ﻣﻛﺛﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﺻﺔ ﻣﺣﺎﺭ‬
‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺳﻛﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻠﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪/+‬ﺃﻗﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﺫﺭﻉ ﻭﻛﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻘﻊ ﻭﺗﺧﻠﺹ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭﻗﻁﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﻔﻳﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻣﺯﺝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻋﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺑﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 19 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪19‬‬

‫‪ 0.3 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 450 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ 1 /‬ﺑﺻﻠﺔ ‪ 3/‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺧﻣﺱ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻭﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 0.4 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 600 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 3 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ 2 /‬ﺑﺻﻠﺔ ‪ 6/‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻔﻑ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺧﻣﺱ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺯﺑﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻘﺩﻭﻧﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﻭ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻠﺢ‪،‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﻣﻧﺯﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺫﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻠﻁ ﻛﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﻠﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻭﺏ ﺃﻭ ‪ 1.5‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻁﻧﺟﺭﺓ‬


‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺳﻌﺔ ‪ 4‬ﻟﺗﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﺩﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻠﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ‬
‫• ﺍﻁﺑﺦ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﺩﺋﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪12 - 10‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺍﻣﺯﺝ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬

‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺳﻛﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﻠﻁﻬﻡ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-4‬ﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺭﻭﺱ( )‪ 0.6‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ‪ 250‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺟﺭﻳﺵ )ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ(‬ ‫• ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ 20- 15 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺷﻭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺵ ﺍﻟ ُﻛﺳْﻛﺳﻲ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻠﻁﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 300‬ﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬ ‫‪ 3-2‬ﻓﻭﻓﻭ )ﺍﻳﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ( )‪ 1.0 - 0.5‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺳﺎﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ‪ /‬ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ‪ /‬ﺯﺑﺩﺓ‬

‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫‪ 0.5 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 1 /‬ﻛﻭﺏ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬

‫• ﺍﻣﺯﺝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻠﺏ ﺑﺷﻭﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺧﺷﺑﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪ 0.75 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 1 /‬ﻛﻭﺏ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺵ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1.0 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 2 /‬ﻛﻭﺏ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬
‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺏ ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﻛﺗﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﺗﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻣﻐﻁﺎﻩ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ﻗﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺟﺑﺔ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﺣﻡ ﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺳﺎﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﻘﺷﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4-1‬ﺷﻭﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ )‪ 1.0‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺳﺎﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺗﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺑﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 300‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ‬ ‫• ﻗ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺳﺎﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻁﻌﻬﻡ ﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻋﺎء ﻛﺑﻳﺭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﻥ ﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺻﻝ ﻭﺟﺯﺭ ﻣﻘﺷﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﺍﻫﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻳﺭ ﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 1‬ﺣﺑﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺷﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻓﺱ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻭﺻﺔ‬ ‫• ﺿﻊ ﻓﻭﻓﻭ )ﺍﻳﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ( ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻖ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻠﻝ ﻳﺩﻳﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺩﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 3‬ﺃﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ‬
‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺢ‬ ‫‪ 3-3‬ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻣﺑﺭﻱ )‪ 0.4 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ‪ 0.25‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ‬
‫• ﻣﺭﻗﺔ )ﻟﺣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ( ‪ /‬ﺯﻳﺕ ﻧﺑﺎﺗﻲ ‪ /‬ﺑﺻﻝ ‪ /‬ﺻﻠﺻﺔ ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 0.1 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 150 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 1 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ 0.5 /‬ﺑﺻﻠﺔ ‪ 1.5/‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫‪ 0.2 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 300 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ 1 /‬ﺑﺻﻠﺔ ‪ 3/‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 18 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 18‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫‪ 2-4‬ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺷﻳﺔ )‪ 1.0‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬ ‫‪ 2-2‬ﺧﺿﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺭﻥ )‪ 1.5‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﺑﺎﺕ ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ‬ ‫• ‪ 1‬ﺑﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺫﻧﺟﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻁﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬ ‫• ‪ 3‬ﺣﺑﺎﺕ ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫• ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺭﻱ‬ ‫• ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‬
‫‪ 300 -‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬ ‫• ﻓﺻﺎﻥ ﺛﻭﻡ ﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ 0.5 -‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ‬ ‫• ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺯﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﺻﺎﻥ ﺛﻭﻡ ﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬ ‫• ‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻝ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﺧﺿﺎﺭ ﻣﺟﻔﻑ ﻭﺟﺑﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫• ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻟﺗﺷﻛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺫﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺭﺵ ﻛﻝ‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺣﺑﺔ ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﺷﻲ ﺣﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﺑﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺭﻱ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺷﻳﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-3‬ﺳﺑﺎﻏﺗﻲ ﺑﻭﻟﻭﻧﻲ )‪ 1.0‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫‪ 3-1‬ﺍﻟﻛﺳﻛﺱ )‪ 0.4 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺻﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﻟﻭﻧﻳﺯ‬
‫• ﻛﺳﻛﺳﻲ ‪ /‬ﻣﺎء ‪ /‬ﺯﺑﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪ 1 -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ 0.1 -‬ﻛﺟﻡ ‪ 120 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺑﺔ ﺑﺻﻝ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ 0.2 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 240 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﺹ ﺛﻭﻡ ﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ 0.3 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 360 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪ 400 -‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ 0.4 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 480 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 3 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ 100 -‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻠﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‬
‫• ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 2 -‬ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ 1 -‬ﻣﺭﻕ ﺩﺟﺎﺝ‬ ‫‪ 1 -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻔﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﺑﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺻﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬
‫‪ 1.5 -‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‬
‫• ﻣﻛﺭﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ 15 -‬ﺑﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻳﺻﺎء ﺻﻐﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪ 150 -‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻛﺭﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻁﺑﻭﺧﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫‪ 1 -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺑﻭﺯﻥ ‪ 15‬ﺃﻭﻧﺻﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺹ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺑﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺑﺔ ﺟﺯﺭ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫‪ 0.5 -‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺯﺑﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﺧﻠﻁ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﻟﻭﻧﻳﺯ‬
‫‪ 0.25 -‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺩﻭﻧﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺑﺭﻳﻛﺎ‬
‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 0.25 -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﺻﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﻟﻭﻧﻳﺯ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﺧﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﻥ‬ ‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺏ ِ‬
‫‪ 0.5 -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺑﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﻧﻪ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺛﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 17 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪17‬‬

‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﺥ ﻭﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻋﺎء ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻠﻁﻬﻡ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻹﻧﺎء‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ )ﺇﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻳﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ(‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺳﺗ ٍﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ 1.5‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫• ﺍﺧﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻁ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﻑ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 5 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫• ﻧﻅﻡ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪.‬‬


‫‪ 1-4‬ﺃﺭﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﻋﻔﺭﺍﻥ )‪ 0.4 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺭﺯ ‪ /‬ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ‪ /‬ﺯﻳﺕ ‪ /‬ﻣﺎء ﺯﻋﻔﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ 1-2‬ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺳﺔ )‪ 2.0‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫‪ 0.1 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 250 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 1 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‪ 1 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 0.2 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 500 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 0.3 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 750 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ 2 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ 1.2 -‬ﻛﺟﻡ ﺩﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 10-8‬ﻗﻁﻊ‬
‫‪ 0.4 -‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ‪ 1000 /‬ﻣﻝ ‪ 3 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ 3 /‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺯﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺑﺔ ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻭﺑﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﻳﺩﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﺻﻭﺹ ﺛﻭﻡ ﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ 0.25 -‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺭﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‬
‫• ﺍﻹﻧﺎء‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ )ﺇﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻳﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ(‬
‫• ‪ 0.25‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﺑﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺳﺗﻖ )ﻣﺣﻣﺹ(‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻪ ﻟﺗﺑﺧﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺷﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺷﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺯﺑﺭﺓ ﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫• ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 5 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫• ‪ 200‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺯ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ )ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻐﺳﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﻘﻭﻉ(‬
‫‪ 2-1‬ﺷﻭﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧﺳﻳﺔ )‪ 1.5‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬ ‫• ﻛﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻣﻛﻌﺏ ﻣﺭﻗﺔ ﺩﺟﺎﺝ‬
‫• ‪ 4‬ﺑﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ‬ ‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﻭﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺃﺳﻭﺩ ﻁﺎﺯﺝ ﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ‬
‫• ‪ 50‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫• ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ‪ 3‬ﺃﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﺣﻡ‬
‫• ﺍﻁ ِﻪ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺩﺓ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺑﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺳﺗﻖ‬
‫• ‪ 8‬ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺹ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ 1‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺷﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ 1-3‬ﺃﺭﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ )‪ 0.7‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﺍﻹﻧﺎء‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ )ﺇﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻳﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻁﺑﺦ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﻣﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻣﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﺥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻖ ِ‬ ‫• ‪ 600‬ﺟﻡ ﺣﻠﻳﺏ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺿﺋﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺢ‬
‫• ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫• ‪ 0.25‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺭﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻛﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫• ‪ 3‬ﻣﻼﻋﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺹ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﺍﻓﺭﺩ‬ ‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺹ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﺳﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺯﻳﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫• ﺍﻁﺑﺧﻪ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺳﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 16 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 16‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫‪ 8‬ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺭﺑﺔ )‪ 1.0 - 0.25‬ﻛﺟﻡ‪ 1 ,‬ﻁﺑﻖ‪ 250 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ(‬


‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﺋﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﻘﻭﺱ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 3 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‬


‫ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ )‪ 2 - 1‬ﻛﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺏ‪ 200 :‬ﻣﻝ(‬
‫ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺑﻁﻬﻲ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬

‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺧﺯﻓﻲ )‪ 1.0 - 0.25‬ﻛﺟﻡ‪ 1 ,‬ﻁﺑﻖ‪ 250 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ(‬


‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺑﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )‪,1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 3 ,2‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪/+‬ﺃﻗﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 3 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺷﺎء )‪ 1‬ﻁﺑﻖ(‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺑﻳﺔ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬


‫ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﻳﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬

‫‪ 1-1‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺏ )‪ 1.0‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫• ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 3 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺎﻓﻥ )‪ 4 - 1‬ﻗﻁﻊ‪ 1 ،‬ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﺎﻓﻥ‪ 80 - 75 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ(‬
‫‪ 0.5 -‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻭﻥ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺑﺔ ﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺻﻠﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺟﻳﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺻﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﻣﻭﻥ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻓﻁﻳﺭﺓ )‪ 0.6 - 0.2‬ﻛﺟﻡ‪ 1 ،‬ﻗﻁﻌﺔ‪ 200 - 150 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﺹ ﺛﻭﻡ ﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ﻭﻋﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺏ‬ ‫ﺳِﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗ ّ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻔﻝ ﺃﺳﻭﺩ ﻁﺎﺯﺝ ﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺗﺯﺍ )‪ 0.5 - 0.2‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬
‫• ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫• ‪ 0.5‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‬
‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺑﻖ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫• ‪ 0.25‬ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺍﻷﺭﺯ )‪ 0.3 - 0.1‬ﻛﺟﻡ(‬

‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﺩﺓ‬

‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬ ‫• ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎء ﺁﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬

‫• ﺍﻁ ِﻪ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ 3 :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 15 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪15‬‬

‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 99‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ 59‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺿﺩ ﻋﺑﺙ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ(‬


‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻵﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻵﻣﻧﺔ ﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺩﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺭﺍﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺿﺑﻁ ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺿﺩ ﻋﺑﺙ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ( ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ(‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬


‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺯﺭ ‪ Loc‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ )ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ٍ 3‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪/+‬ﺃﻗﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺿﺩ ﻋﺑﺙ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺧﺗﻔﻲ ﺯﺭ ‪) Loc‬ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺟﺭﺱ ﻭﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺯﺭ ‪End‬‬
‫ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻛﺭﺭ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺑﻘﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪End‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺭﺱ ﻛﻝ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳُﻔﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﻣﺟﺩﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻣﻘﻔﻭﻝ ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺯﺭ ‪ Loc‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳُﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﺗﺢ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻻﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬


‫ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻓﺎﺻﻝ ﺯﻣﻧﻲ ﻣﺩﺗﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻁﻬﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﻭﺟﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻭﺧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺑﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪/+‬ﺃﻗﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﺳﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺑﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪30‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 14 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 14‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬


‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫*‪1‬‬
‫‪ 700‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪/‬‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ‬
‫• ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻌﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺕ*‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫• ﻁﻬﻲ ﻟﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻧﺷﻔﺔ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻔﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻁﻬﻲ ﺳﻣﻛﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻣﺎ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ‪/+‬ﺃﻗﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ‬
‫• ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺩﻳﻧﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺳﺗﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻛﻭﻻﺗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺄﻛﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 400‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ 3 - 0 -‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ :‬ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑـ‪ٍ 10‬‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻁﻬﻲ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻟﺣﻡ ﻁﺎﺯﺟﺔ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 20 - 3 -‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑـ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 90 - 20 -‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 200‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ :‬ﺳﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻝ ﺑـ‪ٍ 10‬‬
‫• ﺗﻁﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻝ ﺑﻭﺯﻥ ‪ 0.1‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺟﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻟﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ‪.MS429XXXX‬‬

‫*‪ 2‬ﻟﻠ ُ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺯ ‪.MS259XXXX‬‬ ‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺑـ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻣﻧﺣﻙ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﺟﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪24‬‬ ‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ %100‬ﻭ‪%80‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺧﻔﺽ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺝ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻏﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎ ٍﻝ‬
‫)‪(100%‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫• ﺗﺣﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ 1200‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫*‪1000 /1‬‬
‫• ﻁﻬﻲ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﺍﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﻁﻊ‬ ‫*‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﺍﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(80%‬‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﺣﺿﺭﺓ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺕ*‪800 /1‬‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﺎﺋﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫*‪2‬‬
‫• ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﻟﻌﺭﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 13 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪13‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺍﻁ ِﻪ ﻁﻌﺎﻣﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ )‪(More or Less‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬


‫ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻳﻳﻥ‬

‫• ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻓﺭﺓ ﺻﻭﺗًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﺑﺔ‬

‫• ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺃﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺩﻣﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺳﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻓﺗﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﻣﺎﺳﻙ‪/‬ﺩﺍﻓﺊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻧﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ /‬ﺃﻗﻝ‬ ‫‪e‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺩء‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪f‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺯ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ %100‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫)ﻧﺣﻭ ‪ 99‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ 59‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻭﻣﺭﺭ ﺑﺑﻁء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻗِﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﺭﺝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ٍ 3‬‬

‫ﺭﻣﺯ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬


‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ‪ /‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ )‪.(More or Less‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻭﻣﺭﺭ ﺑﺑﻁء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 12 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 12‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻭﺍﺹ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 11 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ‪11‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 230 -‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ 50 ،‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬
‫‪ 240 - 220 -‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ‪ 50‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ‪ 1350‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﺿﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫*‪ IEC 60705 1‬ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫• ﺗﺄ ّﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻧﺫﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺛﻡ ﺃﻋﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫*‪ 2‬ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ 2450 :‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ‪ 50 -/+‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ )ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ﺏ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ‪ :2‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﺑﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ‪ ISM‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻓﺭﻥ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ‪ 9‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 400‬ﺟﻳﺟﺎﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻋﻣﺩًﺍ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﻭﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺣﺛﻲ‬
‫)‪ 700‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 800 ،‬ﻭﺍﺕ( ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻧﺳﺑﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﻌﻲ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺣﺹ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩ ﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ‪ B‬ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻣﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﺗﺟًﺎ ﻭﻟﻳﻛﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ )‪(LAN‬‬ ‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ %100‬ﻭ‪%80‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻁﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺧﻔﺽ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺝ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫• ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺧﻠﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺷًﺎ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 85‬ﺳﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 8‬ﺳﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺗﺢ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ‪ 20‬ﺳﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 20‬ﺳﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻳﻥ ﻭ‪20‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻥ ﻟﻠﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺣﺭ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻡ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺕ ﻓﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﺳﻭء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪20 cm‬‬
‫‪20 cm‬‬
‫‪20 cm‬‬
‫‪20 cm‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 10 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪ 10‬ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻵﺧﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻁﺑﻖ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪a‬‬


‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪c‬‬

‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫‪a‬‬


‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫• ﻳُﺣﻅﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺎ‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ‬ ‫‪d‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫• ﻳُﺣﻅﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺻﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﺿﻝ ﺗﺭﻙ ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﻣﺗﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ‪MS259XXXX‬‬ ‫ﻗﺻﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪1‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‪ 1000 .‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫*‪2‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪ 2450 :‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ × ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ × ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ(‪ 360 × 272 × 476 :‬ﻣﻡ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺧﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﺦ‬
‫• ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻁﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺃﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 220 -‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ 50/60 ،‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬
‫‪ 230 -‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ 50 ،‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬
‫‪ 240 - 220 -‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ‪ 50‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ‪ 1150‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫• ﻳُﺣﻅﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻳﻛﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺟﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻕ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﺍﺯ ‪MS429XXXX‬‬
‫*‪1‬‬
‫• ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‪ 1200 .‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫*‪2‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪ 2450 :‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎ ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ × ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ × ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻖ(‪ 432 × 307 × 544 :‬ﻣﻡ‬
‫• ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 220 -‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ 50/60 ،‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 9 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫• ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺑﺭﺩ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬


‫• ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺳﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺑ ِﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻧﻅﻳﻔًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻣﻧﺢ ﻋﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻹﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻧﻅﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺑﻭﻋﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻅﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺷﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻣﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺃﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩ ًﻣﺎ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺎﺑﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺷﻁﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺑﻌﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﻘﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩ ًﻣﺎ ﻣﻧﺷﻔﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺟﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻡ ً‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻅﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺎﺑﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺷﻁﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﺟﻔﻔﻪ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﺷﻔﺔ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺳﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﺎﺑﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺷﻁﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﺟﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺻﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ً ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﺭﻏﻭﺓ ﺑﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺗﺩﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺷﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﺥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﻅﻑ ﺧﻔﻳﻑ ﻭﺇﺳﻔﻧﺟﺔ ﺗﻠﻣﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻏﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 8 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺩﺓ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺃﻗﺻﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺿﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﺏ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺷﺭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻬﺏ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﺭﺍﺋﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻁﻬﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﺭﺍﺋﺩ ً‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺗﺟﻔﻳﻑ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﺭﺍﺋﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺷﺗﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺑﻘﺷﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺑﻘﺷﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻛﺳﺭ ﻗﺷﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻧﻔﺟﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺿﺔ ﻣﺅﺩﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﻛﺑﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﺛﻘﺏ ﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻭﺍﻛﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺿﺭﺍﻭﺍﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺗﻧﻔﺟﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺑﻌﺎﺛﻪ( ﻭﺃﺑ ِﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻛﺗﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻬﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺷﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺷﻧﻁﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﻟﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺷﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺷﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺻﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺷﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺷﺗﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻣﻛﻧًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻣﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺑﻘﻰ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻣﻐﻁﺎﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺷﻁﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻑ ﺑﻐﻣﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ً ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺗﺭﻛﻪ ﻟﻳﺑﺭﺩ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺍﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺷﺩﺓ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 7 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻣﻠﻭ ًء ﺑﺎﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻﻣﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻟﻔًﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻡ ﺑﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺑﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ّ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ‪ (1) :‬ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ )ﺛﻧﻲ(‪ (2) ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻟﺞ )ﻣﻛﺳﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻛﻭﻛﺔ(‪ (3) ،‬ﺳﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺿﺎﺭ ﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻐﺭﺽ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺟﺭﺍﺋﺩ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺑﺱ‪ ،‬ﺩُﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﻭﺍﻥ ﺃﻟﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻔﻝ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻩ(‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﺣﺎﻕ ﺿﺭﺭ ﺟﺳﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺣﺭﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺟﻲء ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄ ّﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺿﺭﺭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺷﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺗﺢ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻝ ‪ 8‬ﺳﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳُﺣﻅﺭ ﺳﺩ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻧﺎﺷﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺩﻳﻝ ﻭﻏﻳﺭﻫﺎ( ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺯﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺯﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺟﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ( ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺧﻁﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺣﺭﻭﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﺩﺍء ﻗﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻁﻬﻲ ﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺭﺽ )ﻛﺗﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻫﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻧﺷﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺭﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﺗﺳﺑﺑًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺷﻐّﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺡ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺿﺎﺭ ﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 6 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫• ﻻ ﻳُﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻣﻧﻅﻑ ﺑﺧﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺝ ﻣﺅﺭﺽ ﺑﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻠﻑ ﺳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪.LG Electronics‬‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺑﺄﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﻣﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ :‬ﻣﺣﺎﻳﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺑﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻑ‪N‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻲ ﺑﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻑ ‪ L‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ ﺑﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻑ ‪ G‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺅﻫﻠﻳﻥ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﻳﻥ ﻟﻬﻣﺎ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺣﺎﻕ ﺿﺭﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺟﺳﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺳﺗﻣﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻭ ﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺧﺎء ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫• ﻳﺟﺏ ّﺃﻻ ﻳُﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻸﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺷﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 5 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺭﻛﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻛﺔ )ﺳﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻳﻳﻡ(‪.‬‬ ‫•‬


‫ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭﻋﻠﺏ ﻏﺫﺍء ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺟّﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻕ‪.‬‬


‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺧﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺣﺗﺭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﺑﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺭﺍﻣﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺷﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳُﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺷﻳﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔً ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺿﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﺟﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻔﻧﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻗﻣﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺷﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺑﻌﺎﺛﻪ( ﻭﺃﺑ ِﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻛﺗﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻬﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﺟﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺟﺳﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺟﺳﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻠﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺧﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻠّﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻭﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻠﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺗﺄﺧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ؛ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻠّﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﺟّﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻕ )ﺧﺎﺻﺔً‪ ،‬ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭﻋﻠﺏ ﻏﺫﺍء ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺷﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻅﻳﻔًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﻁﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻣﺭﻫﻡ ‪ 8‬ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﺄﻛﺛﺭ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺭﺍﻑ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 4 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺋﻖ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ )ﺧﺎﺻﺔً ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻭﻳﺔ( ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻭﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻟﻣﺱ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﻥ ‪ 8‬ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﻳﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺇﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻏﻁﺎء ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻫﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪ LG Electronics‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺹ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﻣﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﺗﻳﺔ ﻭﺫﻱ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻠﻳﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺿﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗُﺷﻐّﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺳﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺣﺗﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻫﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪.LG Electronics‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺷﻳﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺳﺧﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻖ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﺯﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺟﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﻅﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺷﻁﺔ ﻣﺭﻛﺯﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺷﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺧﺩﺵ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﻁﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺯﺍﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻡ ﺑﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﺑ ِﻖ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﻳﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ‪ 8‬ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ﻭﻧﺣﻭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﺭﻋﻳﻥ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻧﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻧﻳﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 3 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬


‫ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻠﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺿﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻵﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ .‬ﺗُﻘﺳّﻡ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ" ﻭ "ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﺟﻡ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺑﻌﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺟﻧﺑًﺎ ﻟﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻁﻔﻳﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﺗﺗﺟﻧﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬

‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫• ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻭﻕ ﻟﻸﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻥ ﻗِﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ 8‬ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺫﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺳﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻳﻔﺗﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻧﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻧﻁﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻌﺑﺙ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺭﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ( ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺗﻬﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻟﺩﻳﻬﻡ ﺧﺑﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺗﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻹﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﺑﺛﻬﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 2 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺷﺭﺍﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺧﺿﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧّﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ‬


‫ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ ‪3.....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ‪3...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ‪7.....................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ‪10..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ‪11....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ‪12..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪14........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪15....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ‪15.........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪23.........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﻲ ‪23...........................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪25................................................................................................ LG ThinQ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻲ ‪25.....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬


‫ﺃﺳﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺓ‪26.........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ‪26.........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ar_main.book.book Page 1 Monday, April 4, 2022 3:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ‬

‫ﻓﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻧﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﻳﺑﺳﻁ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺿﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﺁﻣﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ‬

‫‪www.lg.com‬‬
‫‪MFL71680501‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ ‪ 2020-2022‬ﺇﻝ ﺟﻲ ﻟﻼﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ‬ ‫‪Rev.01_040422‬‬

You might also like